1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
132 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
145 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
158 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
173 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
174 must be kept around forever. */
175 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
177 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
178 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
179 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
182 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
183 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
184 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
185 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
186 define type declaration DIE's. */
187 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
189 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
190 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
191 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
195 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
196 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
198 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
199 Information instructions. The register number, offset
200 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
201 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
203 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
205 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
211 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
213 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
215 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
216 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
220 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
222 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
223 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
224 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
226 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
231 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
232 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
233 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
234 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
235 of this structure. */
236 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
239 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
240 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
241 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
244 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
245 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
246 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
247 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
248 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
250 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
253 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
254 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
255 const char *dw_fde_end
;
256 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
257 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
258 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
259 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
260 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
261 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
262 unsigned funcdef_number
;
263 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
264 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
265 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
269 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
270 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
272 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
273 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
274 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
275 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
277 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
278 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
281 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
282 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
283 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
286 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
287 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
290 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
291 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
292 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
295 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
296 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
298 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
299 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
302 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
304 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
305 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
306 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
308 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
309 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
310 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
311 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
313 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
317 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
318 information for each routine. */
319 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
321 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
322 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
324 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
325 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
327 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
329 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
331 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
332 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
334 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
335 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
336 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
337 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
338 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
339 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
342 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
345 unsigned int refcount
;
350 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
352 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
353 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
355 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
357 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
359 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
360 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
361 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
362 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
363 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
364 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
365 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
366 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
367 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
368 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
369 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
370 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
371 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
372 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
373 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
374 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
376 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
377 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
378 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
379 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
380 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
382 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
384 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
385 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
386 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
389 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
390 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
391 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
393 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
394 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
397 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
398 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
401 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
402 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
405 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
406 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
408 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
409 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
410 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
411 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
412 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
413 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
414 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
415 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
416 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
417 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
419 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
420 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
422 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
424 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
426 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
430 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
431 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
432 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
433 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
436 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
437 for the current function. */
438 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
439 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
442 /* Hook used by __throw. */
445 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
447 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
450 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
451 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
454 stripattributes (const char *s
)
456 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
461 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
468 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
471 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
474 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
475 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
476 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
477 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
479 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
480 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
482 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
483 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
486 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
487 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
488 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
490 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
492 wrote_return_column
= true;
494 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
498 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
501 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
502 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column
);
503 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
504 wrote_return_column
= false;
506 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
509 if (! wrote_return_column
)
511 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
512 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
513 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
514 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
518 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
521 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
526 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
528 return "DW_CFA_offset";
530 return "DW_CFA_restore";
534 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
535 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
536 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
537 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
538 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
539 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
540 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
541 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
542 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
543 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
544 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
545 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
546 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
547 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
548 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
549 case DW_CFA_register
:
550 return "DW_CFA_register";
551 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
552 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
553 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
554 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
556 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
560 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
564 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
565 case DW_CFA_expression
:
566 return "DW_CFA_expression";
567 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
568 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
569 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
570 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
571 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
572 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
574 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
575 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
576 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
579 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
580 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
581 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
582 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
583 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
584 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
587 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
591 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
593 static inline dw_cfi_ref
596 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
598 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
599 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
600 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
605 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
608 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
612 /* Find the end of the chain. */
613 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
619 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
622 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
624 static char label
[20];
626 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
627 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
631 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
632 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
635 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
639 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
642 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
644 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
645 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
649 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
651 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
653 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
654 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
655 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
658 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
662 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
665 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
668 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
670 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
672 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
673 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
676 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
679 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
680 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
682 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
683 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
690 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
693 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
697 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
700 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
702 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
703 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
705 if (fde_table_in_use
)
707 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
708 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
709 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
713 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
714 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
716 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
718 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
720 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
721 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
723 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
724 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
726 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
727 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
728 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
731 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
738 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
741 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
742 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
745 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
748 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
753 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
754 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
756 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
757 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
759 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
760 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
761 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
762 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
767 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
769 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
770 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
772 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
773 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
776 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
777 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
780 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
781 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
782 offset has not changed. */
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
784 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
788 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
790 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
791 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
792 the specified offset. */
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
794 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
799 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
800 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
801 register-offset pair is available. */
802 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
804 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
805 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
806 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
809 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
812 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
813 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
814 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
815 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
818 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
820 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
822 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
824 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
827 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
829 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
831 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
833 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
835 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
836 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
837 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
839 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
841 gcc_assert (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== offset
);
844 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
848 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
850 else if (sreg
== reg
)
851 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
854 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
855 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
858 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
861 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
862 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
863 from the previous frame's window save area.
865 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
866 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
869 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
871 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
873 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
874 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
877 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
878 pushed onto the stack. */
881 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
885 if (size
== old_args_size
)
888 old_args_size
= size
;
891 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
892 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
893 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
896 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
897 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
902 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
906 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
911 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
914 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
915 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
918 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
920 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
923 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
924 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
927 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
929 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
930 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
932 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
935 /* RA is in a register. */
936 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
940 /* RA is on the stack. */
942 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
945 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
950 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
951 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
955 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
956 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
966 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
967 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
968 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
969 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
970 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
977 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
978 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
981 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
985 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
987 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
988 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
989 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
992 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
994 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
995 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
996 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
997 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
998 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1001 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1005 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1007 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1008 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1009 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1015 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1017 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1018 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1019 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1020 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1021 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1028 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1030 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1037 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1039 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1054 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1055 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1056 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1059 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1061 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1065 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1066 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1067 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1068 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1069 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1072 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1073 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1074 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1076 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1078 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1079 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1080 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1081 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1082 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1083 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1084 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1085 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1090 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1092 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1093 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1096 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1098 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1099 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1100 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1101 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1102 offset
= -args_size
;
1107 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1108 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1109 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1110 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1112 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1114 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1115 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1116 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1124 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1125 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1127 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1131 args_size
+= offset
;
1135 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1136 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1137 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1138 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1143 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1144 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1145 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1147 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1149 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1151 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1155 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1157 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1158 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1163 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1164 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1165 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1166 more efficient data structure. */
1167 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1168 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1170 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1171 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1173 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1174 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1177 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1179 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1181 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1182 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1184 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1185 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1190 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1191 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1192 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1196 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1197 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1199 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1202 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1205 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1207 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1209 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1212 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1214 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1215 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1217 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1219 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1220 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1222 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1224 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1225 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1228 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1230 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1232 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1233 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1236 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1237 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1240 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1241 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1242 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1243 have a new location for? */
1246 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1248 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1250 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1253 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1255 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1256 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1257 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1264 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1267 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1269 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1271 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1273 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1274 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1277 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1278 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1279 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1280 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1286 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1287 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1288 value, not an offset. */
1289 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1291 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1292 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1293 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1294 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1296 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1297 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1298 users need not read the source code.
1300 The High-Level Picture
1302 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1303 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1304 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1305 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1306 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1308 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1309 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1310 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1311 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1312 saves. This also seems to work.
1314 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1315 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1316 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1317 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1318 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1319 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1320 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1321 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1322 value as in the caller.
1324 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1325 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1326 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1327 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1329 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1332 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1334 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1335 consists of a register and an offset.
1336 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1337 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1338 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1339 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1340 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1341 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1342 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1344 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1345 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1346 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1349 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1350 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1351 and cfa_temp.offset.
1353 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1356 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1357 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1358 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1362 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1363 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1366 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1367 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1368 cfa.offset unchanged
1369 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1370 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1373 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1374 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1375 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1376 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1377 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1378 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1381 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1382 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1383 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1386 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1387 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1389 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1390 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1391 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1394 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1395 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1397 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1398 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1401 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1402 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1403 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1406 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1407 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1408 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1411 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1415 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1416 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1417 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1420 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1421 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1422 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1424 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1427 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1428 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1429 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1431 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1434 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1437 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1441 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1442 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1446 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1447 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1448 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1449 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1452 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1453 Â effects: target-dependent */
1456 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1459 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1461 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1462 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1463 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1464 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1465 flag is set in them. */
1466 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1469 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1471 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1472 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1473 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1475 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1480 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1482 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1483 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1485 if (GET_CODE (src
) == REG
)
1487 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1492 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1495 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1497 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1499 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1502 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1503 relative to the current CFA register.
1505 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1506 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1507 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1508 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1509 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1510 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1511 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1515 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1516 gcc_assert (call_used_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1517 && (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1518 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1519 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1520 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1521 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1528 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1532 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1535 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1538 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
1540 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1546 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1548 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1549 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1550 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1552 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1553 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1556 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
1558 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1560 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1561 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1562 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1563 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1565 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1568 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1569 or adjusting the FP */
1570 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
1572 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1573 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1574 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1575 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1576 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1578 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1579 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1583 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
1586 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1587 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1588 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1590 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1591 into the FP later on. */
1592 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1593 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1594 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1595 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1596 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1597 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1601 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1602 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1603 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1605 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1606 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1607 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1608 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1609 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1613 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1614 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1616 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1617 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1626 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1627 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1632 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1633 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1634 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1636 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1637 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1638 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1641 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1642 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1649 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
1650 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
1651 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
1658 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1662 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
1664 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1666 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1671 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1672 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
1674 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1676 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1677 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1679 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1680 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1681 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1683 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1689 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1690 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1693 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1694 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1696 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1697 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1698 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1700 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1704 /* With an offset. */
1711 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1712 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1713 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1716 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
1718 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1719 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1722 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1723 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1729 /* Without an offset. */
1732 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
1734 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1735 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1738 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1739 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1746 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
1747 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1748 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1749 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1756 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1757 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1758 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1760 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1762 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1764 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1765 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1767 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1768 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1773 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1774 calculate the CFA. */
1775 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1779 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
1781 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1782 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1784 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1789 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1790 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1798 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1799 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1800 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1802 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1803 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1806 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1811 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1815 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1816 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1818 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1821 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
1823 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1826 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1828 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1830 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1831 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1833 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1837 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1838 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1840 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1842 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1843 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
1847 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1848 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1850 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1852 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1854 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1859 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1860 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1861 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1863 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1864 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1869 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1870 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1872 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1873 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1874 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1875 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1876 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1877 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1880 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1881 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1882 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1883 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1884 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1885 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1886 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1888 case DW_CFA_register
:
1889 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1892 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1893 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1897 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1898 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1905 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1906 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1907 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1909 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1910 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1914 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1915 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1917 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1918 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1919 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1921 case DW_CFA_register
:
1922 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1929 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1931 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1932 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1933 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1934 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1935 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1938 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1941 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1944 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1946 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1947 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1948 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1949 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1951 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1953 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
1954 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1956 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1958 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1960 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
1964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1965 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1967 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1969 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1971 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1972 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1973 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1976 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1977 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1980 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1981 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1982 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1983 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1986 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1987 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1988 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1989 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1992 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1993 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1994 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1995 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1998 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1999 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2000 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2001 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2004 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2005 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2006 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2007 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2011 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2012 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2013 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2018 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2019 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2020 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2021 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2022 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2026 case DW_CFA_register
:
2027 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2028 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2029 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2033 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2034 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2035 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2038 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2039 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2042 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2045 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2046 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2047 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2050 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2051 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2060 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2061 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2062 location of saved registers. */
2065 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2070 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2071 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2072 char augmentation
[6];
2073 int augmentation_size
;
2074 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2075 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2076 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2078 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2079 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2082 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2083 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2084 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2085 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2086 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2087 specialization doesn't. */
2088 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2089 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2091 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2092 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2093 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2094 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2095 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2096 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2098 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2099 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2100 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2101 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2104 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2106 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2107 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2108 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2109 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2110 any_eh_needed
= true;
2111 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2112 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2113 any_eh_needed
= true;
2115 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2119 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2124 targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section ();
2126 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
2128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2129 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2131 /* Output the CIE. */
2132 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2133 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2134 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2135 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2136 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2138 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2139 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2140 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2141 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
2142 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2144 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2146 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2147 augmentation_size
= 0;
2153 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2154 augmentation section.
2155 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2156 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2157 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2159 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2160 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2162 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2163 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2164 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2166 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2167 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2170 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2172 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2175 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2177 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2180 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2182 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2184 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2188 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2189 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2191 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2193 + 1 /* CIE version */
2194 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2195 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2196 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2198 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2199 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2200 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2202 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2204 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2205 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2206 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2210 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2211 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2212 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2213 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2215 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2216 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2218 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2220 if (augmentation
[0])
2222 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2223 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2225 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2226 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2227 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2228 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2231 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2232 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2233 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2235 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2237 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2240 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2241 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2243 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2244 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2245 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2246 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2248 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2249 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2251 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2253 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2254 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2255 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2256 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2257 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2260 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2261 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2264 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2266 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2269 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2271 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2276 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
2277 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2278 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2280 "FDE initial location");
2281 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2283 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2284 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
2285 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2286 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
2287 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2288 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2289 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
,
2290 "FDE initial location");
2291 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2292 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2293 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2294 "FDE address range");
2295 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
,
2296 "FDE initial location");
2297 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2298 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2299 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2300 "FDE address range");
2303 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2304 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2305 "FDE address range");
2309 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2310 "FDE initial location");
2311 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2313 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2314 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2315 "FDE initial location");
2316 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2317 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2318 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2319 "FDE address range");
2320 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2321 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2322 "FDE initial location");
2323 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2324 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2325 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2326 "FDE address range");
2329 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2330 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2331 "FDE address range");
2334 if (augmentation
[0])
2336 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2338 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2340 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2342 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2343 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2344 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2345 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2346 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2349 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
2352 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2354 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2356 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2357 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2358 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2359 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2360 "Language Specific Data Area");
2364 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2365 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2367 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2368 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2372 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2375 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2377 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2378 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2379 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2381 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2382 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2383 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2384 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2387 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2388 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2389 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2390 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2391 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2392 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2395 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2400 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2404 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2405 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2407 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2411 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
2413 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2414 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2415 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2417 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2418 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2421 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2425 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2426 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2427 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2428 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2429 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2430 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
2431 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
2433 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2434 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2435 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2439 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2440 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2442 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2443 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2444 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2445 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2446 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2449 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2450 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2452 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2453 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2454 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2455 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
2456 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2457 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
2458 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2459 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
2460 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2461 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
2462 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2463 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2464 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2465 fde
->nothrow
= TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
);
2466 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2467 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2469 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2471 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2472 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2473 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2475 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2479 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2480 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2484 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2485 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2488 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2490 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2493 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2494 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2495 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2496 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2500 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2502 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2503 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2504 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2505 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2507 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2508 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2510 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2511 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2512 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2513 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2518 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2520 /* Output call frame information. */
2521 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
2522 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2523 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2524 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2527 output_call_frame_info (0);
2529 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2530 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2531 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2532 output_call_frame_info (1);
2537 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2538 for emitting location expressions. */
2540 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2541 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2542 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2545 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2546 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2547 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2548 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2550 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2551 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2552 implementation are listed below. */
2557 dw_val_class_offset
,
2559 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2560 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2562 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2563 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2566 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2567 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2568 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2569 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2573 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2574 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2576 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2583 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2585 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2587 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2593 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2594 represented internally. */
2596 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2598 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2599 union dw_val_struct_union
2601 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2602 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2603 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2604 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2605 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2607 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2608 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2609 struct dw_val_die_union
2613 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2614 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2615 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2616 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2617 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2619 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2623 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2626 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2628 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2629 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2630 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2631 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2636 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2637 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2638 their entire life. */
2639 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2641 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2642 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2643 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2644 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2645 Only on head of list */
2646 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2647 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2650 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2652 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2653 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2654 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2655 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2656 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2657 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2658 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2659 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2661 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2664 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2669 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2670 return "DW_OP_addr";
2672 return "DW_OP_deref";
2674 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2676 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2678 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2680 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2682 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2684 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2686 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2688 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2690 return "DW_OP_constu";
2692 return "DW_OP_consts";
2696 return "DW_OP_drop";
2698 return "DW_OP_over";
2700 return "DW_OP_pick";
2702 return "DW_OP_swap";
2706 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2714 return "DW_OP_minus";
2726 return "DW_OP_plus";
2727 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2728 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2734 return "DW_OP_shra";
2752 return "DW_OP_skip";
2754 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2756 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2758 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2760 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2762 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2764 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2766 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2768 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2770 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2772 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2774 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2776 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2778 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2780 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2782 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2784 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2786 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2788 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2790 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2792 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2794 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2796 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2798 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2800 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2802 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2804 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2806 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2808 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2810 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2812 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2814 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2816 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2818 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2820 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2822 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2824 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2826 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2828 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2830 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2832 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2834 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2836 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2838 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2840 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2842 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2844 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2846 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2848 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2850 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2852 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2854 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2856 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2858 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2860 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2862 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2864 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2866 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2868 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2870 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2872 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2874 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2876 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2878 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2880 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2882 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2884 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2886 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2888 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2890 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2892 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2894 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2896 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2898 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2900 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2902 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2904 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2906 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2908 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2910 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2912 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2914 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2916 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2918 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2920 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2922 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2924 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2926 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2928 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2930 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2932 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2934 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2936 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2938 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2940 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2942 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2944 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2946 return "DW_OP_regx";
2948 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2950 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2952 return "DW_OP_piece";
2953 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2954 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2955 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2956 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2959 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2960 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2962 return "DW_OP_call2";
2964 return "DW_OP_call4";
2965 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2966 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2967 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2968 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2970 return "OP_<unknown>";
2974 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2975 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2976 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2978 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2979 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2980 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2982 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2984 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2985 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2986 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2987 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2988 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2994 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2997 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2999 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3001 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3002 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3008 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3010 static unsigned long
3011 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3013 unsigned long size
= 1;
3015 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3018 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3019 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3038 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3041 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3046 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3047 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3085 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3088 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3091 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3094 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3095 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3098 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3100 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3101 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3110 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3111 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3120 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3122 static unsigned long
3123 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3127 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3129 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3130 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
3136 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3139 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3141 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3142 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3144 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3146 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3148 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3152 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3160 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
3161 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3168 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
3169 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3171 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3184 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3185 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3186 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3187 only doing unwinding. */
3192 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3195 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3198 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3203 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3204 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3238 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3244 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3247 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3248 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3251 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3253 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3254 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3258 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3259 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3260 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3262 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3269 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3274 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3277 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3279 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3281 /* Output the opcode. */
3282 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3283 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3285 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3286 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3290 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3291 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3294 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3296 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3299 /* Output the size of the block. */
3300 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3301 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3302 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3304 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3305 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3308 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3309 a dw_cfa_location. */
3311 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3312 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3314 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3316 gcc_assert (cfa
->indirect
);
3318 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3321 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3323 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3325 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3326 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3328 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3330 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3331 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3332 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3333 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3335 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3336 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3342 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3343 descriptor sequence. */
3346 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3348 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3350 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3354 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3356 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3392 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3395 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3429 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3430 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3433 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3434 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3439 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3440 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3443 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3444 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3448 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3450 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3451 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3453 /* .debug_str support. */
3454 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3456 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3457 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3458 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3459 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3460 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3461 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3462 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3463 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3464 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3465 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3466 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3467 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3468 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3469 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3470 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3471 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3473 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3475 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3481 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3482 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3483 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3484 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3485 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3486 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3487 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3488 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3489 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3490 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3491 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3492 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3493 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3494 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3495 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3496 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3497 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3498 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3499 something tries to reference them. */
3500 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3501 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3502 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3503 dwarf2out_var_location
,
3504 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
3505 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3509 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3510 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3511 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3513 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3514 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3515 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3516 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3518 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3519 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3521 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3523 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3525 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3526 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3527 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3528 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3529 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3531 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3532 line number associated with the label generated for that
3533 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3534 the line number entry. */
3536 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3538 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3539 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3543 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3545 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3547 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3548 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3549 unsigned long function
;
3551 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3553 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3554 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3555 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3557 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3559 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3560 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3561 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3565 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3567 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3569 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3571 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3572 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3573 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3575 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3576 dw_offset die_offset
;
3577 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3579 unsigned int decl_id
;
3583 /* The pubname structure */
3585 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3592 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3597 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3598 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3602 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3606 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3607 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3608 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3611 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3612 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3614 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3615 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3616 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3617 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3618 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3619 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3621 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3622 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3623 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3624 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3625 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3626 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3627 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3628 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3629 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3630 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3632 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3633 language, and compiler version. */
3635 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3636 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3637 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3639 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3640 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3642 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3643 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3644 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3645 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3646 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3648 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3649 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3650 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3651 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3652 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3653 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3655 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3656 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3657 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3658 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3660 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3664 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3665 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3666 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3668 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3669 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3671 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3672 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3674 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3675 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3676 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3677 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3678 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3680 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3681 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3682 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3683 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3686 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3687 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3689 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3690 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3692 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3693 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3694 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3695 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3697 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3698 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3699 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3701 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3702 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3704 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3705 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3706 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
3707 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3710 /* Variable location list. */
3711 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3713 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3715 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3716 it is marked through the chain. */
3717 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3719 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3720 unsigned int decl_id
;
3722 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3725 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3726 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3728 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3729 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3730 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3731 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3732 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3734 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3735 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3737 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3738 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3740 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3741 abbrev_die_table. */
3742 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3744 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3745 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3746 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3747 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3749 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3750 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3752 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3753 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3755 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3756 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3757 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3758 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3760 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3761 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3763 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3764 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3766 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3768 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3770 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3771 accessible names. */
3772 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3774 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3775 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3777 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3778 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3780 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3782 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3784 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3785 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3788 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3790 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3791 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3795 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3797 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3798 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3800 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3801 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3803 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3804 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3806 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3808 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3810 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3811 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3813 /* Unique label counter. */
3814 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3816 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3817 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3818 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3820 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3821 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3824 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3825 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3827 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3828 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3830 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3832 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3834 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3835 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3836 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3837 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3838 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3839 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3840 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3841 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3842 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3843 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3844 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3845 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3846 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3847 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3848 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3849 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3850 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3851 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3853 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3854 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3855 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3856 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3857 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3858 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3859 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3860 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3861 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3862 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3863 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3864 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3865 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3866 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3867 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3868 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3870 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3871 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3872 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3873 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3874 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3875 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3876 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3877 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3879 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3880 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3881 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3882 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3883 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3884 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3885 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3886 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3887 static bool is_c_family (void);
3888 static bool is_cxx (void);
3889 static bool is_java (void);
3890 static bool is_fortran (void);
3891 static bool is_ada (void);
3892 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3893 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3894 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3895 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3896 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3897 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3898 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3899 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3900 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3901 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3902 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3903 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3904 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3905 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
3906 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3907 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
3908 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3909 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3910 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3911 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3912 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3913 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3914 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3915 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3916 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3917 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3918 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3919 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3920 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3921 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3922 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3923 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3924 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3925 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3926 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3927 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3928 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3929 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3930 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3931 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3932 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3933 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3934 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3935 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3936 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3937 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3938 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3939 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3940 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3941 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3942 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3943 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3944 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3945 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3946 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3947 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3948 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3949 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3950 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3951 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3952 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3953 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3954 static void output_pubnames (void);
3955 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3956 static void output_aranges (void);
3957 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3958 static void output_ranges (void);
3959 static void output_line_info (void);
3960 static void output_file_names (void);
3961 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3962 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3963 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3964 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
3965 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3966 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3967 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3968 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx
);
3969 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3970 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3971 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3972 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3973 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
, bool);
3974 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3975 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, bool);
3976 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3977 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, bool);
3978 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
3979 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
3980 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3981 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3982 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3983 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3984 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3985 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3986 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3988 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3989 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3990 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3991 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3992 static void insert_float (rtx
, unsigned char *);
3993 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3994 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3995 enum dwarf_attribute
);
3996 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3997 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3998 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3999 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
4000 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4001 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4002 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4003 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4004 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4005 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4006 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4007 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4008 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4009 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
4010 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4011 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4012 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4013 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4014 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4015 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4016 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
4017 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
4019 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
4021 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4023 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4025 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4026 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4027 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4028 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4029 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4030 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4031 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4032 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4033 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4034 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4035 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4036 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4037 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4038 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4039 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4040 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4041 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4042 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4043 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4044 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4045 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4046 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4047 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4048 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4049 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4050 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
4051 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
4052 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4053 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
4054 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
4055 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4056 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4057 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4058 static void init_file_table (void);
4059 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4060 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4061 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4062 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4063 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4064 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4065 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4066 const char *, const char *,
4068 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4069 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4071 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4072 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4073 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4074 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4075 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4076 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4077 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4079 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4080 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4081 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4083 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4084 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4086 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4087 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4089 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4090 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4092 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4093 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4095 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4096 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4098 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4099 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4101 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4102 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4104 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4105 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4108 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4109 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4110 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4113 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4114 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4115 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4116 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4119 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4120 the section names themselves. */
4122 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4123 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4125 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4126 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4128 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4129 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4131 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4132 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4134 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4135 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4137 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4138 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4140 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4141 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4144 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4145 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4146 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4147 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4148 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4150 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4151 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4152 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4153 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4154 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4155 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4156 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4157 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4159 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4160 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4162 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4163 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4165 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4166 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4168 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4169 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4171 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4172 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4175 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4176 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4178 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4181 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4183 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4186 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4189 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
4191 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4192 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4193 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4196 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4200 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4202 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4204 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4205 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4206 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4207 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4209 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4210 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4211 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4216 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4219 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
4221 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4223 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4224 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4227 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4230 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4234 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4235 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4236 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4237 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4238 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4239 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4240 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4241 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4242 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4243 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4244 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4245 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4246 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4247 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4249 return "DW_TAG_label";
4250 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4251 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4253 return "DW_TAG_member";
4254 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4255 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4256 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4257 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4258 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4259 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4260 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4261 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4262 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4263 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4264 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4265 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4266 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4267 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4268 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4269 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4270 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4271 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4272 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4273 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4274 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4275 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4276 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4277 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4278 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4279 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4280 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4281 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4283 return "DW_TAG_module";
4284 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4285 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4286 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4287 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4288 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4289 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4290 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4291 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4292 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4293 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4294 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4295 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4296 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4297 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4298 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4299 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4300 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4301 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4302 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4303 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4304 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4305 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4307 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4308 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4309 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4310 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4311 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4312 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4313 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4314 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4315 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4316 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4317 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4318 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4319 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4320 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4321 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4322 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4323 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4324 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4325 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4326 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4327 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4328 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4329 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4330 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4331 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4332 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4333 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4334 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4335 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4336 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4337 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4338 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4339 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4340 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4341 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4342 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4343 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4344 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4345 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4347 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4351 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4354 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4359 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4360 case DW_AT_location
:
4361 return "DW_AT_location";
4363 return "DW_AT_name";
4364 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4365 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4366 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4367 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4368 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4369 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4370 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4371 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4372 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4373 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4374 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4375 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4376 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4377 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4379 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4381 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4382 case DW_AT_language
:
4383 return "DW_AT_language";
4385 return "DW_AT_member";
4387 return "DW_AT_discr";
4388 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4389 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4390 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4391 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4393 return "DW_AT_import";
4394 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4395 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4396 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4397 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4398 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4399 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4400 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4401 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4402 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4403 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4404 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4405 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4407 return "DW_AT_inline";
4408 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4409 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4410 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4411 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4412 case DW_AT_producer
:
4413 return "DW_AT_producer";
4414 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4415 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4416 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4417 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4418 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4419 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4420 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4421 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4422 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4423 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4424 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4425 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4426 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4427 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4428 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4429 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4430 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4431 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4432 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4433 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4434 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4435 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4437 return "DW_AT_count";
4438 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4439 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4440 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4441 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4442 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4443 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4444 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4445 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4446 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4447 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4448 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4449 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4450 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4451 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4452 case DW_AT_external
:
4453 return "DW_AT_external";
4454 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4455 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4457 return "DW_AT_friend";
4458 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4459 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4460 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4461 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4462 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4463 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4464 case DW_AT_priority
:
4465 return "DW_AT_priority";
4467 return "DW_AT_segment";
4468 case DW_AT_specification
:
4469 return "DW_AT_specification";
4470 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4471 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4473 return "DW_AT_type";
4474 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4475 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4476 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4477 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4478 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4479 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4480 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4481 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4483 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4484 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4485 case DW_AT_associated
:
4486 return "DW_AT_associated";
4487 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4488 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4490 return "DW_AT_stride";
4491 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4492 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4493 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4494 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4495 case DW_AT_extension
:
4496 return "DW_AT_extension";
4498 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4499 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4500 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4501 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4502 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4503 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4504 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4505 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4506 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4508 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4509 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4510 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4511 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4512 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4513 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4514 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4515 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4516 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4517 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4518 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4519 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4520 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4521 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4522 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4523 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4524 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4525 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4526 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4527 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4528 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4529 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4531 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4532 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4533 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4534 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4535 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4536 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4537 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4538 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4539 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4540 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4541 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4542 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4543 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4544 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4546 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4547 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4550 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4554 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4557 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4562 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4563 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4564 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4565 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4566 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4568 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4570 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4572 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4573 case DW_FORM_string
:
4574 return "DW_FORM_string";
4576 return "DW_FORM_block";
4577 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4578 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4580 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4582 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4584 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4586 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4588 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4589 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4590 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4592 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4594 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4596 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4598 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4599 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4600 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4601 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4602 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4604 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4608 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4609 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4610 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4611 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4615 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4617 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4618 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4619 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4620 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4623 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4624 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4625 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4627 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4630 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4631 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4632 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4633 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4637 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4639 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4641 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4642 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4643 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4644 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4647 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4652 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4656 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4657 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4658 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4660 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4662 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4663 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4664 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4665 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4666 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4667 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4668 if (DECL_P (ret_val
))
4669 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val
);
4675 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4676 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4680 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4682 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4684 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4685 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4687 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4688 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4690 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4691 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4696 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4697 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4700 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4702 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4704 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4705 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4709 static inline enum dw_val_class
4710 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4712 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4715 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4718 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4720 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4722 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4723 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4724 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4725 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4726 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4729 static inline unsigned
4730 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4732 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4733 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4736 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4739 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4741 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4743 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4744 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4745 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4746 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4747 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4750 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4751 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4753 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
4754 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4757 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4760 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4761 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4763 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4765 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4766 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4767 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4768 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4769 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4772 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4773 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4775 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
4776 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4779 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4782 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4783 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4785 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4787 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4788 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4789 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4790 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4791 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4792 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4795 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4798 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4799 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4801 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4803 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4804 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4805 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4806 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4807 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4808 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4809 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4812 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4815 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4817 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4821 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4823 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4824 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4827 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4830 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4832 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4833 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4836 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4837 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4838 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4840 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4841 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4843 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4844 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4845 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4848 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4849 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4850 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4851 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4852 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4855 static inline const char *
4856 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4858 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4859 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4862 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4863 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4866 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4868 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4872 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4874 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4878 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4880 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4881 always better to put it inline. */
4882 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4883 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4885 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4886 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4888 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4889 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4890 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4892 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4893 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4894 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4896 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4899 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4902 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4904 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4906 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4907 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4908 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4909 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4910 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4911 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4914 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4915 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4918 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4920 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4921 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
4922 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4925 static inline dw_die_ref
4926 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4928 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4929 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4933 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4935 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4936 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4942 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4944 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4945 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4948 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4951 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4953 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4955 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4956 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4957 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4958 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4959 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4962 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4965 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4967 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4969 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4970 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4971 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4972 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4973 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4976 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4977 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4979 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
4980 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4984 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4986 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4988 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4989 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4990 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4991 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4992 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4993 have_location_lists
= 1;
4996 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4997 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4999 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
5000 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
5003 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5006 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
5008 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5010 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5011 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5012 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5013 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5014 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5018 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5020 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5021 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5024 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5027 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5029 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5031 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5032 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5033 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5034 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5035 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5038 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5041 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
5043 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5045 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5046 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5047 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
5048 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5049 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5052 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5055 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5056 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5058 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5060 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5061 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5062 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5063 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5064 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5067 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5070 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5071 long unsigned int offset
)
5073 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5075 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5076 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5077 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5078 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5079 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5082 static inline const char *
5083 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5085 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5086 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
));
5087 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5090 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5093 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5096 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5100 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5101 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5103 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5104 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5108 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5114 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5115 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5116 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5118 static inline const char *
5119 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5121 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5123 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5126 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5127 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5128 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5130 static inline const char *
5131 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5133 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5135 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5138 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5139 NULL if it is not present. */
5141 static inline const char *
5142 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5144 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5146 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5149 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5150 if it is not present. */
5153 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5155 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5157 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5160 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5161 if it is not present. */
5163 static inline unsigned
5164 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5166 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5168 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5171 static inline dw_die_ref
5172 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5174 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5176 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5179 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5184 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5186 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5187 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5190 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5195 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5196 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5199 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5204 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5206 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5207 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5208 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5211 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5216 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5218 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5221 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5226 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5228 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5231 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5233 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5235 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5237 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5238 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5239 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5242 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5245 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5248 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5252 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5253 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5256 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5265 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5268 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5270 dw_die_ref current
, prev
, next
;
5271 current
= die
->die_child
;
5273 while (current
!= NULL
)
5275 if (current
->die_tag
== tag
)
5277 next
= current
->die_sib
;
5279 die
->die_child
= next
;
5281 prev
->die_sib
= next
;
5288 current
= current
->die_sib
;
5293 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5296 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5298 remove_children (die
);
5301 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5304 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5306 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5308 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5310 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5312 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5315 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5317 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5319 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5321 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5329 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5330 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5333 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5335 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5337 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5339 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5340 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5341 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5345 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5346 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5349 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5353 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5354 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5355 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5357 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5363 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5364 || (child
->die_parent
5365 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5367 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5370 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5374 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5375 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5376 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5379 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5381 static inline dw_die_ref
5382 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5384 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5386 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5388 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5389 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5392 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5394 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5395 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5396 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5397 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5398 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5404 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5406 static inline dw_die_ref
5407 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5409 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5412 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5415 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5417 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5420 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5423 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5425 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5428 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5431 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5433 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5436 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5438 static inline dw_die_ref
5439 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5441 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5444 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5447 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5449 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5452 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5456 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5458 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5461 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5463 static inline var_loc_list
*
5464 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5466 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5469 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5472 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5474 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5477 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5479 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5482 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5485 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5487 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5491 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5494 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5495 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5503 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5504 we have nothing to do. */
5505 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5506 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5508 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5509 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5513 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5514 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5521 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5522 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5523 the DIE internal representation. */
5524 static int print_indent
;
5526 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5529 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5531 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5534 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5535 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5538 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5543 print_spaces (outfile
);
5544 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5545 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5546 print_spaces (outfile
);
5547 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5548 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5550 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5552 print_spaces (outfile
);
5553 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5555 switch (AT_class (a
))
5557 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5558 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5560 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5561 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5563 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5564 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5566 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5567 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5568 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5570 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5571 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5573 case dw_val_class_const
:
5574 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5576 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5577 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5579 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5580 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5581 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5582 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5584 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5585 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5587 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5588 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5590 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5591 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5593 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5594 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5596 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5599 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5601 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5602 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5603 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5605 case dw_val_class_str
:
5606 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5607 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5609 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5615 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5618 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5621 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5622 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5626 if (print_indent
== 0)
5627 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5630 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5631 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5634 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5637 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5639 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5640 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5642 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5643 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5644 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5645 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5646 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5647 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5650 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5653 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5656 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5658 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5661 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5662 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5668 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5669 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5670 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5673 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5674 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5675 they are in order of addition. */
5678 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5680 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5681 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5683 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5685 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5686 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5692 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5699 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5702 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5703 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5704 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5705 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5706 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5709 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5713 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5715 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5716 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5719 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5720 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5721 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5724 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5726 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5727 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5729 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5733 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5736 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5738 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5740 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5744 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5745 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5747 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5750 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5752 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5753 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5754 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5757 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5760 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5762 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5765 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5767 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5768 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5769 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5770 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5771 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5774 switch (AT_class (at
))
5776 case dw_val_class_const
:
5777 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5779 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5780 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5782 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5783 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5785 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5786 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
5788 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5789 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5791 case dw_val_class_str
:
5792 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5795 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5797 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5798 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5801 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5802 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5805 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5806 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5807 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5810 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5811 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5814 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5815 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5816 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5824 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5827 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5832 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5835 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5838 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5840 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5842 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5843 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5845 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5846 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5850 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5852 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5854 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5856 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5857 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5858 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5861 /* Do the values look the same? */
5863 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5865 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5868 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5871 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5873 case dw_val_class_const
:
5874 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5875 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5876 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5877 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5878 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5879 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5880 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5881 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
5882 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
5884 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
5885 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
5888 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5889 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5890 case dw_val_class_str
:
5891 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5893 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5894 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5895 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5896 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5898 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5899 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5901 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5902 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5904 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5905 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5907 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5908 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5910 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5912 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5913 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5915 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5916 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5917 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5925 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5928 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5930 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5933 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5934 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5935 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5936 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5937 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5940 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5943 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5946 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5951 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5953 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5954 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5956 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5959 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5961 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5962 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5967 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5969 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5970 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5978 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5981 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5984 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5986 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5987 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5992 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5994 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5996 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5997 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5999 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6000 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6003 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6005 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6006 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6007 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6010 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6013 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6014 the name filename of the unit. */
6016 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6018 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6019 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6020 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6022 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6023 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6025 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6026 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6028 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6032 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6033 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6036 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6039 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6041 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6043 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6044 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6045 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6046 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6047 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6048 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6049 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6050 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6051 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6052 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6053 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6054 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6055 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6056 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6057 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6058 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6059 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6060 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6067 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6068 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6069 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6070 compilations (functions). */
6073 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6075 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6076 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6077 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6078 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6080 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6083 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6084 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6085 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6086 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6088 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6090 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6093 return is_type_die (c
);
6096 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6097 compilation unit. */
6100 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6102 return (is_type_die (c
)
6103 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6104 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
6108 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6112 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6113 return xstrdup (buf
);
6116 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6119 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6123 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6125 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6127 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6129 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6130 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6131 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6134 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6137 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6138 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6141 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6144 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6145 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6148 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6150 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6152 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6154 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6158 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6160 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6161 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6163 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6167 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6169 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6179 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6182 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6184 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6185 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6187 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6189 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6190 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6194 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6196 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6202 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6206 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6208 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6209 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6215 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6217 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6219 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6221 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6222 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6226 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6229 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6230 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6231 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6234 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6237 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6238 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6239 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6241 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6243 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6245 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6246 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6248 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6251 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6253 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6256 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6258 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6262 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6266 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6267 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6273 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6274 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6278 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6279 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6280 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6286 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6287 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6288 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6289 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6291 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6294 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6295 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6296 comdat_symbol_number
);
6299 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6302 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6303 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6304 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6307 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6311 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6312 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6313 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6314 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6316 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6317 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6320 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6323 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6328 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6329 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6330 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6332 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6333 output_location_lists (c
);
6337 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6338 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6339 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6340 die are visited recursively. */
6343 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6345 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6346 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6348 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6350 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6351 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6352 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6353 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6354 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6356 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
);
6358 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6361 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6363 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6365 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6367 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6369 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6370 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6372 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6374 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6375 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6378 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6379 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6382 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6388 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6390 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6392 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6393 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6394 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6396 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6397 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6398 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6401 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6402 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6405 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6406 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6407 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6410 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6413 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6420 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6423 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6428 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6429 .debug_info section. */
6431 static unsigned long
6432 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6434 unsigned long size
= 0;
6437 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6438 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6440 switch (AT_class (a
))
6442 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6443 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6445 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6446 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6448 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6450 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6453 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6457 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6458 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6460 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6461 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6463 case dw_val_class_const
:
6464 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6466 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6467 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6469 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6470 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6472 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6473 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6474 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6476 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6479 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6480 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6481 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6483 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6485 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6486 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6488 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6489 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6491 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6492 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6494 case dw_val_class_str
:
6495 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6496 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6498 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6508 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6509 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6510 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6511 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6514 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6518 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6519 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6521 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6524 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6525 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6526 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6529 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6530 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6531 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6532 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6535 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6539 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6542 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6546 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6549 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6553 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
6556 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6560 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6563 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6572 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6573 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6575 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6576 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6577 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6580 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6581 compilation unit. */
6583 static unsigned long
6584 size_of_pubnames (void)
6589 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6590 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6592 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6593 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6596 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6600 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6602 static unsigned long
6603 size_of_aranges (void)
6607 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6609 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6610 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6611 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6613 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6614 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6618 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6620 static enum dwarf_form
6621 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6623 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6625 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6626 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6627 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6628 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6629 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
6632 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6634 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6638 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6639 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6640 .debug_loc section */
6641 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6642 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6643 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6646 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6648 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6652 case dw_val_class_const
:
6653 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6654 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6655 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6658 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6660 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6662 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6664 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6668 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6669 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6670 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6671 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6672 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6673 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6674 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6675 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6676 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6679 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6680 return DW_FORM_data
;
6681 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6682 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6683 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6684 return DW_FORM_data
;
6685 case dw_val_class_str
:
6686 return AT_string_form (a
);
6693 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6696 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6698 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6703 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6707 output_abbrev_section (void)
6709 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6713 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6715 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6717 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6718 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6719 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6721 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6726 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6727 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6729 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6730 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6731 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6735 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6738 /* Terminate the table. */
6739 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6742 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6745 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6747 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6752 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6753 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6754 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6756 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6758 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6761 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6762 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6763 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6765 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6766 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6767 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6769 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6771 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6773 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6774 retlist
->section
= section
;
6776 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6781 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6784 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6785 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6786 const char *section
)
6790 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6791 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6794 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6795 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6799 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6803 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
6804 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
6805 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= xstrdup (hot_section_label
);
6806 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= xstrdup (hot_section_end_label
);
6807 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= xstrdup (unlikely_section_label
);
6808 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= xstrdup (cold_section_end_label
);
6809 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
6812 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6815 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6817 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6819 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6821 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6822 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6825 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6827 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6828 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6829 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6830 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6831 "Location list end address (%s)",
6832 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6836 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
6837 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6838 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6839 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
6840 "Location list end address (%s)",
6841 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6843 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6845 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6846 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
6847 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6849 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6853 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6854 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6855 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6856 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6857 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6860 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6861 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6864 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6870 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6871 them to point to. */
6872 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6873 output_die_symbol (die
);
6875 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6876 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6878 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6880 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6882 switch (AT_class (a
))
6884 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6885 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6888 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6889 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6893 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6895 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6897 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6898 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6899 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6905 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6906 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6908 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6909 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6911 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6914 case dw_val_class_const
:
6915 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6916 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6917 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6918 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6921 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6922 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6923 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6926 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6928 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6930 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6931 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6934 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6936 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6937 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6941 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6942 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6945 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6946 first
, "long long constant");
6947 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6952 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6954 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
6955 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
6959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
6960 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
6965 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
6968 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
6969 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
6973 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6977 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6979 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6982 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6986 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6987 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6989 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6992 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6996 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
6997 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
7002 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7006 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
7007 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
7008 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
7012 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7013 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7016 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
7017 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7020 case dw_val_class_str
:
7021 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7022 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7023 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7024 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7026 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7034 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
7037 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7038 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7043 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7044 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7047 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7049 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7050 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7051 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7052 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7053 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7054 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7055 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7056 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7057 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7061 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7064 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7066 const char *secname
;
7069 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7070 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7073 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7074 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7075 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7076 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7077 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7080 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7082 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7083 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7084 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7086 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7089 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7091 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7093 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7096 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
7098 /* Output debugging information. */
7099 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
7100 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7103 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7108 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7112 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7113 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7114 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7117 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7119 return lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7122 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7125 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7129 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7132 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7134 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7136 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7137 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7138 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7139 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7142 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7144 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7147 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7148 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7149 visible procedures. */
7152 output_pubnames (void)
7155 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7157 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7158 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7159 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7160 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7161 "Length of Public Names Info");
7162 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7163 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7164 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7165 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7166 "Compilation Unit Length");
7168 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7170 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7172 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7173 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
7175 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7178 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7181 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7184 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7187 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7189 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7192 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7194 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7195 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7196 (arange_table_allocated
7197 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7198 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7199 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7202 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7205 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7206 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7207 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7210 output_aranges (void)
7213 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7215 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7216 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7217 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7218 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7219 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7220 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7221 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7222 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7226 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7227 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7229 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7231 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7232 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7233 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7234 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7237 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7238 if (last_text_section
== in_unlikely_executed_text
7239 || (last_text_section
== in_named
7240 && last_text_section_name
== unlikely_text_section_name
))
7241 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7242 unlikely_section_label
, "Length");
7244 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7245 text_section_label
, "Length");
7247 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7249 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7251 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7252 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7254 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7256 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7258 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7259 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7263 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7264 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7265 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7266 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7267 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7269 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7272 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
7274 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7275 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7276 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7277 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7282 /* Output the terminator words. */
7283 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7284 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7287 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7291 add_ranges (tree block
)
7293 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7295 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7297 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7299 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7300 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7301 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7302 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7305 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7306 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7308 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7312 output_ranges (void)
7315 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7316 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7318 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7320 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7324 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7325 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7327 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7328 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7330 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7331 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7332 base of the text section. */
7333 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7335 if (last_text_section
== in_unlikely_executed_text
7336 || (last_text_section
== in_named
7337 && last_text_section_name
== unlikely_text_section_name
))
7339 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7340 unlikely_section_label
,
7341 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7342 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7343 unlikely_section_label
, NULL
);
7347 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7349 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7350 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7351 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7355 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7356 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7357 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7358 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7361 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7362 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7363 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7370 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7371 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7377 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7380 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7381 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7382 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7383 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7384 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7387 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7391 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7392 int length
; /* Path length. */
7393 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7394 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7395 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7396 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7399 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7400 the directories in the path. */
7403 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7405 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7406 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7410 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7411 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7412 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7413 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7414 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7415 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7416 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7418 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7419 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7425 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7426 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7427 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7428 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7429 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7431 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7432 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7437 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7438 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7439 slowdowns with many input files. */
7442 output_file_names (void)
7444 struct file_info
*files
;
7445 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7454 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7455 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7458 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7462 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7463 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7464 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7466 /* Sort the file names. */
7467 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7471 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7472 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7473 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7476 /* Create a new array entry. */
7478 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7479 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7481 /* Search for the file name part. */
7482 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7483 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7486 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7487 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7489 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7490 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7491 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7492 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7494 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7496 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7499 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7500 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7501 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7502 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7504 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7505 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7506 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7512 /* This is a new directory. */
7513 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7514 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7515 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7516 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7517 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7518 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7520 /* Search for a prefix. */
7521 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7522 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7523 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7524 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7525 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7526 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7527 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7528 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7533 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7534 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7535 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7536 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7537 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7538 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7539 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7540 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7542 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7543 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7548 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7549 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7550 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7551 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7553 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7556 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7558 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7563 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7568 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7569 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7571 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7572 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7577 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7579 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7581 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7582 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7583 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7585 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7586 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7588 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7589 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7594 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7595 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7596 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7597 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7598 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7600 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7602 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7603 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7606 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7607 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7608 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7609 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7610 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7612 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7613 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7614 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7616 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7617 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7618 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7623 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7625 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7628 /* Now write all the file names. */
7629 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7631 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7632 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7634 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7635 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7637 /* Include directory index. */
7638 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7640 /* Modification time. */
7641 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7643 /* File length in bytes. */
7644 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7651 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7652 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7655 output_line_info (void)
7657 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7658 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7659 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7662 unsigned long lt_index
;
7663 unsigned long current_line
;
7666 unsigned long current_file
;
7667 unsigned long function
;
7669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7670 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7671 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7672 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7674 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7675 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7676 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7677 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7678 "Length of Source Line Info");
7679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7681 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7682 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7683 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7685 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7686 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7687 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7688 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7689 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7690 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7691 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7692 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7693 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7694 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7697 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7699 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7701 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7703 "Special Opcode Base");
7705 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7709 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7710 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7711 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7712 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7713 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7725 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7726 output_file_names ();
7727 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7729 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7730 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7731 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7733 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7734 a series of state machine operations. */
7738 if (last_text_section
== in_unlikely_executed_text
7739 || (last_text_section
== in_named
7740 && last_text_section_name
== unlikely_text_section_name
))
7741 strcpy (prev_line_label
, unlikely_section_label
);
7743 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7744 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7746 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7749 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7750 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7753 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7754 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7755 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7756 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7757 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7761 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7763 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7764 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7765 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7766 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7767 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7768 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7770 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7773 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7775 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7776 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7780 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7781 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7783 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7785 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7788 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7790 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7791 different from the previous line. */
7792 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7794 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7797 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7801 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7802 that uses the least amount of space. */
7803 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7805 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7806 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7807 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7808 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7809 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7810 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7813 "line %lu", current_line
);
7816 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7817 depending on the value being encoded. */
7818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7819 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7820 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7825 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7829 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7832 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7833 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7834 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7841 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7851 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7853 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7854 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7857 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7858 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7859 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7860 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7864 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7865 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7866 to handle it differently. */
7867 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7869 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7871 function
= line_info
->function
;
7873 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7874 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7875 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7876 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7877 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7881 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7884 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7885 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7886 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7893 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7897 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7899 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7900 different from the previous line. */
7901 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7903 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7905 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7906 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7910 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7911 that uses the least amount of space. */
7912 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7914 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7915 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7916 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7917 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7919 "line %lu", current_line
);
7922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7923 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7924 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7937 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7938 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7939 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7944 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7949 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7950 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7955 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7957 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7960 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7967 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7971 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7972 a DIE that describes the given type.
7974 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7975 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7978 base_type_die (tree type
)
7980 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7981 const char *type_name
;
7982 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7983 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7985 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7990 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7991 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7993 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7996 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7998 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8001 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
8002 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
8003 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
8005 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
8006 && (type
== char_type_node
8007 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
8008 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
8010 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8011 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
8013 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
8016 /* else fall through. */
8019 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
8020 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8021 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
8023 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
8027 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
8030 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8031 a user defined type for it. */
8033 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8034 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8036 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8040 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8041 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8045 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8049 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8050 if (demangle_name_func
)
8051 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
8053 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
8054 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8055 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8056 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8058 return base_type_result
;
8061 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8062 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8063 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8064 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8065 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8066 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8067 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8068 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8071 root_type (tree type
)
8073 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8074 return error_mark_node
;
8076 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8079 return error_mark_node
;
8082 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8083 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
8086 return type_main_variant (type
);
8090 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8091 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8094 is_base_type (tree type
)
8096 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8110 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8115 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8128 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8129 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8130 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8131 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8134 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8135 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
8137 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8138 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8139 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8141 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8142 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8144 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8147 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8148 emitted as a subrange type. */
8151 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
8153 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8155 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8156 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8157 or an enumeral type. */
8159 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8160 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8163 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8164 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8167 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8168 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8169 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8170 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8171 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8172 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8173 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8174 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8176 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8177 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8178 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8179 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8180 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8181 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8182 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8183 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8184 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8185 keep checking the actual size. */
8186 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8187 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8189 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8190 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8192 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8193 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8195 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8202 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8203 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8206 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8208 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
8209 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8210 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8211 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8212 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8214 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8215 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8217 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8218 subtype_die
= gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype
, context_die
);
8220 subtype_die
= base_type_die (subtype
);
8222 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8226 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8227 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8228 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8231 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype
) != size_in_bytes
)
8233 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8234 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8235 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8238 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8239 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8240 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8241 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8242 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8243 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8244 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
8246 return subrange_die
;
8249 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8250 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8253 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8254 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8256 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8257 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8258 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8259 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8261 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8263 tree qualified_type
;
8265 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8268 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8269 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8271 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8273 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8276 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8278 return mod_type_die
;
8281 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8282 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8283 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8284 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8286 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8287 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8289 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8291 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8292 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8293 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8295 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8296 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8297 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8298 type to which it refers. */
8300 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8301 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8304 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8310 else if (is_const_type
)
8312 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8313 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8315 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8317 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8318 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8320 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8322 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8323 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8324 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8326 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8328 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8330 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8332 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8333 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8334 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8336 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8338 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8340 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8341 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8342 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8343 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8346 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8348 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8349 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8350 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8351 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8352 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8354 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8355 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8357 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8358 not the main variant. */
8359 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8360 gcc_assert (mod_type_die
);
8363 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8364 type
= qualified_type
;
8368 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8370 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8371 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8372 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8373 types are possible in Ada. */
8374 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8375 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8376 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8379 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8380 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8382 return mod_type_die
;
8385 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8386 an enumerated type. */
8389 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8391 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8394 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8397 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8399 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8401 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
8403 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8406 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8407 zero if there is none. */
8409 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8410 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8415 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8418 reg
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
8419 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8421 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1
8423 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8425 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8428 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8429 a given hard register number. */
8431 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8432 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8435 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8437 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8440 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8441 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8443 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8444 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8448 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8450 reg
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
8451 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8453 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8454 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8456 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8463 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8464 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8465 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8471 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8473 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
8475 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8478 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8482 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8483 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8484 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8485 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8490 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8492 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8493 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8495 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8497 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8498 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8502 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8505 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8507 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8517 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8519 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8520 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8526 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8529 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8531 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8532 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8534 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8535 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8536 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8538 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8539 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8540 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8542 if (reg
== fp_reg
&& can_use_fbreg
)
8543 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8545 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8547 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8552 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8555 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8557 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8558 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8559 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8560 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8563 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8564 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8565 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8566 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8568 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8569 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8570 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8571 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8573 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8574 autoincrement addressing modes.
8576 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8577 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8578 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8579 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8581 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8583 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8584 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8586 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8587 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8589 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8590 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8591 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8592 zeroth element of the array. */
8594 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
8596 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8601 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8602 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8604 /* ... fall through ... */
8607 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8608 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8609 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8610 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8611 contains the given subreg. */
8612 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8614 /* ... fall through ... */
8617 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8618 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8619 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8620 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8621 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8622 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8623 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8624 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8625 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8626 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8627 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8628 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8629 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8630 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8631 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), 0,
8636 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
8638 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8639 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8643 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8645 /* ... fall through ... */
8648 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8649 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8653 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8654 by a different symbol. */
8655 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8658 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8660 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8663 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8664 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8669 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8670 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8671 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8672 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8677 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8678 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8679 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8680 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8684 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8686 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8691 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8693 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8694 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8695 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8696 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8698 /* ... fall through ... */
8702 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8703 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8704 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
8708 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
8710 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8713 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8714 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8715 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8716 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8717 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8720 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8721 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
8723 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8724 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8729 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8730 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8749 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
8751 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
8754 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8757 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8758 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8759 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8764 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8771 return mem_loc_result
;
8774 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8775 This is typically a complex variable. */
8777 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8778 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8780 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8781 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
, false);
8782 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
, false);
8784 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8787 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8788 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8789 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8790 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8792 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8793 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8794 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8795 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8797 return cc_loc_result
;
8800 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8801 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8802 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8803 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8804 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8806 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8808 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8809 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8811 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8813 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8816 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8817 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8818 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8819 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8820 contains the given subreg. */
8821 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8823 /* ... fall through ... */
8826 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8830 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
8835 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8840 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
8842 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg
);
8846 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8851 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
8852 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
8853 enum machine_mode mode
;
8856 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8857 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
8859 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8860 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
8861 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
8862 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
8864 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
8866 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
8868 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
8869 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
8870 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
8871 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8872 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
8884 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8885 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8886 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8887 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8888 the value of LOC. */
8890 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8891 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
8893 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8894 int have_address
= 0;
8895 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8896 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8898 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8899 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8902 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8907 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8908 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8909 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8910 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8911 the names of types. */
8917 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
8918 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
8919 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
8920 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
8921 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8925 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
8929 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
8930 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
8933 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8937 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8938 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8942 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8943 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8944 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8947 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8948 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8953 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8954 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8957 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8958 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8959 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8961 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8962 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8970 if (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
))
8971 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
), want_address
);
8976 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8978 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8980 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
8982 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
8983 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
8984 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
8985 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
8987 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
8989 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8991 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8992 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8993 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8997 enum machine_mode mode
;
8999 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9000 if (want_address
== 2)
9001 return loc_descriptor (rtl
, false);
9003 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9006 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9009 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, false);
9015 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9020 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
9024 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9025 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9028 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
9033 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
9036 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
9037 enum machine_mode mode
;
9040 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
9041 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
9046 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
9048 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9051 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9053 /* Variable offset. */
9054 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0));
9055 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9058 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9060 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9061 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9063 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9064 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9072 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9073 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9080 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9081 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9082 enum machine_mode mode
;
9084 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
9086 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9087 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9088 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, false);
9093 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9094 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9099 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9105 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9110 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9112 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9113 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9121 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9123 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9124 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9137 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9141 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9142 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9144 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9148 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9149 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9150 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9160 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9167 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9174 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9181 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9196 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9197 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9198 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9201 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9202 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9205 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9219 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9223 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9229 const enum tree_code code
=
9230 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9232 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9233 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
9234 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9235 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9238 /* ... fall through ... */
9242 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9243 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9244 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9245 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9246 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9248 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9249 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9252 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9253 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9255 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9256 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9257 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9259 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9260 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9261 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9263 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9264 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9265 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9266 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9267 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9271 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
9273 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR
:
9274 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR
:
9278 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9279 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9280 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9281 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9284 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9285 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9286 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9289 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9290 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9295 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9296 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
9299 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9300 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
9302 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9304 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9306 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9309 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9311 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9317 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9318 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
9320 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
9323 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9324 which is not less than the value itself. */
9326 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9327 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9329 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9332 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9333 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9334 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9338 field_type (tree decl
)
9342 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9343 return integer_type_node
;
9345 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9346 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9347 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9352 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9353 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9354 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9356 static inline unsigned
9357 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9359 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9362 static inline unsigned
9363 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9365 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9368 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9369 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9370 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9371 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9372 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9375 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9376 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9378 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9379 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9380 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9381 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9383 tree field_size_tree
;
9384 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9385 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9386 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9388 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9391 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
9393 type
= field_type (decl
);
9394 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9396 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9397 a flexible array member. */
9398 if (! field_size_tree
)
9399 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9401 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9402 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9403 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9404 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9407 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9409 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9410 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9411 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9413 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9415 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9416 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9417 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9419 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9420 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9421 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9422 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9423 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9424 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9425 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9426 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9428 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9430 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9431 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9432 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9433 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9434 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9435 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9436 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9437 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9438 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9439 bits of the bit-field itself.
9441 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9442 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9443 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9444 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9445 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9446 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9447 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9448 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9449 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9451 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9452 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9453 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9454 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9455 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9456 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9458 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9459 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9460 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9462 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9463 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9464 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9466 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9467 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9468 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9469 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9471 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9473 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9474 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9476 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9477 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9478 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9479 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9482 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9485 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9486 associated with them. */
9488 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9490 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9491 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9492 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9495 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9496 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9499 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9502 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9503 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9504 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9505 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9506 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9507 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9510 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9511 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9512 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9513 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9514 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9515 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9516 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9517 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9518 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9522 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9524 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9525 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9527 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
9529 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9530 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9532 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9533 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9534 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9535 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9537 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9539 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9541 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9543 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9544 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9545 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9547 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9548 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9549 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9551 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9552 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9553 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
9555 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9556 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9557 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9558 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9560 /* Extract the offset. */
9561 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9562 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9564 /* Add it to the object address. */
9565 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9566 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9569 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9572 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9576 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9578 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9579 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9580 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9582 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9583 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9584 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9588 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9591 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9594 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9597 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9600 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
9604 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
9610 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9612 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9613 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
9615 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
9621 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
9627 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9630 insert_float (rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
9636 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9637 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
9639 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9640 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
9642 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
9647 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9648 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9649 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9650 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9651 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9654 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9656 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9660 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9663 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9665 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9670 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9671 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9672 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9673 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9675 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9677 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9679 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
9680 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
9682 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
9683 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
9687 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9688 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
9690 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9691 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9698 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9699 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
9700 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
9701 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
9705 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
9707 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
9708 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9710 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9711 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
9713 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
9721 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
9722 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
9729 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
9730 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
9733 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
9734 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
9736 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
9737 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9742 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
9743 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
9748 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
9749 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9751 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9752 insert_float (elt
, p
);
9760 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
9765 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9771 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9772 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9776 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9777 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9778 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9779 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9780 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9781 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9782 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9783 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9784 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9785 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9786 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9790 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9796 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9797 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9800 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
9804 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9805 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9806 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9808 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9809 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9810 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9812 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9814 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9815 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9816 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9817 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9818 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9819 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
9820 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
9822 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9823 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9824 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9825 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9826 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9827 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9829 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type
))
9830 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9832 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9834 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9835 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
9841 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9844 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9848 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9849 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9850 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9852 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9853 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9854 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9855 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9856 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9857 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9858 referenced within the function.
9860 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9861 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9862 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9863 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9865 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9866 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9867 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9868 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9869 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9870 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9872 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9873 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9874 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9875 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9876 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9877 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9878 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9879 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9880 output at debug-time.
9882 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9883 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9884 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9885 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9886 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9887 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9888 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9889 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9890 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9891 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9892 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9893 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9894 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9896 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9897 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9898 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9899 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9900 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9901 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9902 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9903 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9906 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9907 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9908 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9909 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9910 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9911 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9912 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9913 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9914 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9915 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9916 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9918 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9919 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9921 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9922 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9924 if (! reload_completed
)
9927 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9929 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9931 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9932 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9934 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
9939 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9941 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9943 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9944 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
9945 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
9946 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
9948 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9949 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9950 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9952 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9953 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
9954 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
9955 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
9957 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9960 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
9962 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9963 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
9964 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
9965 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
9972 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9973 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9974 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9975 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9976 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9977 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9979 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
9980 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9981 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9982 /* Not passed in memory. */
9983 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
9984 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9985 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9986 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9987 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9988 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9989 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9992 /* Big endian correction check. */
9994 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9995 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9998 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9999 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
10001 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10002 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
10005 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10008 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10009 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10011 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
10012 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
10014 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10015 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10016 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10017 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10018 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10019 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10021 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10022 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
10025 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
10027 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
10028 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10029 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
10030 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
10034 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10035 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10036 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10037 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10038 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10041 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10043 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10044 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10045 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10047 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
10052 /* Return true if DECL's containing function has a frame base attribute.
10053 Return false otherwise. */
10056 containing_function_has_frame_base (tree decl
)
10058 tree declcontext
= decl_function_context (decl
);
10059 dw_die_ref context
;
10065 context
= lookup_decl_die (declcontext
);
10069 for (attr
= context
->die_attr
; attr
; attr
= attr
->dw_attr_next
)
10070 if (attr
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_frame_base
)
10075 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10076 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10077 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10078 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10079 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10080 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10081 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10082 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10083 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10084 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10087 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
10088 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
10091 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
10092 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
10094 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10095 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10098 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
10099 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
10101 can_use_fb
= containing_function_has_frame_base (decl
);
10103 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10104 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
10106 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10108 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
10110 const char *secname
;
10111 const char *endname
;
10112 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10116 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
10117 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
10118 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
10120 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
10122 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10123 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
10126 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10128 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10129 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10131 else if (current_function_decl
10132 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10134 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10135 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10137 else if (last_text_section
== in_unlikely_executed_text
10138 || (last_text_section
== in_named
10139 && last_text_section_name
== unlikely_text_section_name
))
10140 secname
= unlikely_section_label
;
10142 secname
= text_section_label
;
10144 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10145 actually construct the list of locations.
10146 The first location information is what is passed to the
10147 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10148 locations just get added on to that list.
10149 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10150 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10151 the range [current location start, next location start].
10152 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10153 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10155 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10156 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10157 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
, can_use_fb
),
10158 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10161 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10162 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10164 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10165 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10166 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10167 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
10168 loc_descriptor (varloc
,
10170 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10173 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10174 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10175 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10177 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10179 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10180 if (!current_function_decl
)
10181 endname
= text_end_label
;
10184 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10185 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10186 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10188 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
10189 loc_descriptor (varloc
,
10191 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10194 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10195 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10199 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10202 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10203 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
10205 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10209 /* We couldn't get any rtl, and we had no >1 element location list, so try
10210 directly generating the location description from the tree. */
10211 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
10214 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10218 /* Lastly, if we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10219 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10220 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10221 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
10223 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10224 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
),
10227 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10231 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10232 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10233 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10236 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10238 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10239 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10242 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
10247 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
10249 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
10252 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10253 the value of the attribute. */
10256 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
10258 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
10260 if (demangle_name_func
)
10261 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
10263 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
10267 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10270 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
10272 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
10274 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10277 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10278 a representation for that bound. */
10281 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
10283 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
10288 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10290 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
10291 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
10292 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
10293 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
10294 /* Use the default. */
10297 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
10302 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
10303 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10304 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
10314 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
10316 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10317 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10318 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10319 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10320 later parameter. */
10321 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
10322 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10328 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10329 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10331 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
10332 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10334 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
10338 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
10339 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
10341 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
10343 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
10344 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10345 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
10346 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
10348 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10354 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10355 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10358 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10360 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10361 unsigned dimension_number
;
10364 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10366 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10367 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10368 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10369 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10370 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10371 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10372 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10373 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10375 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10376 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10377 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10378 gen_array_type_die. */
10379 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10380 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10381 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10382 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10385 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10387 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10388 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10390 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10393 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10394 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10395 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10397 /* Define the index type. */
10398 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10400 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10401 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10402 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10403 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10404 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10405 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10406 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10409 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10413 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10414 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10416 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10417 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10418 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10420 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10422 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10425 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10426 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10432 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10436 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10441 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10444 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10445 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10448 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10449 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10450 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10451 even for bit-fields. */
10452 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10455 gcc_unreachable ();
10458 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10459 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10460 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10461 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10462 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10465 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10466 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10467 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10470 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10471 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10472 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10473 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10474 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10475 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10477 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10478 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10479 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10482 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10484 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10485 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10486 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10487 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10488 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10489 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10491 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10492 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
10494 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10495 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10496 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10497 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10498 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10501 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10503 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10504 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10505 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10506 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10507 below must take account of these differences. */
10508 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10509 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10511 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10513 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10514 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10518 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10519 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10520 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10522 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10525 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10526 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10529 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10531 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10532 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
10533 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
10535 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10536 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10539 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10540 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10543 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10545 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10546 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10547 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10550 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10551 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10555 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10557 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10559 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10561 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10562 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10563 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10565 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10566 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10570 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10572 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10574 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10577 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10578 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10579 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10580 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10582 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10583 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10584 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10585 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10586 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10587 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10588 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10592 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10595 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10598 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
10600 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10602 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10604 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10605 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10606 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10607 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10610 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10611 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10612 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10613 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10617 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10620 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10622 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
10623 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
10625 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10626 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
10629 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10630 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10633 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10637 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10638 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10640 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10641 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10642 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10644 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10645 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10646 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10647 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10648 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10649 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10652 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10653 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10654 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10655 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10657 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10658 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10659 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10664 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10667 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10669 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10672 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10675 pop_decl_scope (void)
10677 gcc_assert (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) > 0);
10679 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10682 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10683 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10684 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10685 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10686 the current active scope. */
10689 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10691 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10692 tree containing_scope
;
10695 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10696 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
10698 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10700 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10701 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10703 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10706 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10709 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10710 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10711 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10712 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10713 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10715 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10716 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10717 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10719 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10720 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10721 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10722 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10723 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10728 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10729 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
10731 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10732 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10735 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10738 scope_die
= context_die
;
10743 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10746 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10748 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10749 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10750 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10756 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10757 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10760 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10762 return (context_die
10763 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10764 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10765 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10768 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10769 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10770 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10773 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10774 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10776 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10777 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10779 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10780 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10781 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10782 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10783 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10784 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10785 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10787 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10788 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10789 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10790 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10791 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10794 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10795 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10796 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10799 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10800 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10803 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10804 function call type. */
10806 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree type
)
10808 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
10810 value
= targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (type
);
10812 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10813 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10814 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
10815 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
10818 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10819 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10820 was declared without a tag. */
10822 static const char *
10823 type_tag (tree type
)
10825 const char *name
= 0;
10827 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10831 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10832 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10833 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10835 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10836 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10838 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10839 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10840 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10842 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10844 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10847 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10850 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10851 for bit field types. */
10854 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10856 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10857 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10860 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10861 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10864 static const char *
10865 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10868 const char *fnname
;
10870 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10871 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
10874 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
10876 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10881 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10882 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10883 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10886 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10888 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10889 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10892 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10893 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10894 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10895 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10896 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10899 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10900 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10901 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10903 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10905 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10906 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10907 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10908 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10912 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10913 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10914 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10915 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10916 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10917 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10918 for multidimensional arrays. */
10919 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10922 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10923 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10924 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10925 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10926 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10929 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10931 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10932 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10934 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10935 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10936 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10937 add_subscript_info. */
10938 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10939 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10940 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10942 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10945 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10950 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10952 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10953 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10955 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10956 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10959 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10960 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10961 0, 0, context_die
);
10964 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10965 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10967 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10971 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10972 emit full debugging info for them. */
10975 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10979 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10980 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10983 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10986 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10988 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10990 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10991 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10992 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10995 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10998 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11000 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
11002 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11003 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11004 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11007 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11010 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11012 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
11014 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11015 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11016 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11019 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11020 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11021 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11025 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11027 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11029 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11031 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
11032 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11033 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11034 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11036 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11039 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11041 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11042 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11043 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11044 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11048 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11049 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11050 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11051 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11053 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11054 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11055 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11056 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
11058 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
11059 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11061 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
11062 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11064 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
11065 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
11067 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
11068 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11069 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11070 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11071 values as if they were signed. That means that
11072 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11073 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11074 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11075 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
11079 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11084 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11085 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11088 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11089 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11090 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11091 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11092 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11093 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11094 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11095 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11098 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11100 dw_die_ref parm_die
11101 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
11104 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
11106 case tcc_declaration
:
11107 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
11108 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11109 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
11112 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
11113 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
11114 TREE_READONLY (node
),
11115 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
11117 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
11118 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11121 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
11122 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
11123 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
11128 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11129 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11133 gcc_unreachable ();
11139 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11140 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11143 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11145 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
11148 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11149 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11150 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11151 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11154 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11157 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
11158 tree first_parm_type
;
11161 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11163 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
11164 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
11169 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11171 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11172 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11173 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
11175 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
11177 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11178 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
11181 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11182 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
11183 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
11184 && link
== first_parm_type
)
11185 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
11186 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11188 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
11190 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
11193 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11194 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11195 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
11196 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
11198 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11199 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11200 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11201 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
11202 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11203 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
11206 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11207 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11208 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11209 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11210 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11213 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11215 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11217 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11218 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11219 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
11220 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
11222 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11223 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
11225 push_decl_scope (type
);
11226 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11227 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11228 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
11229 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
11231 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11232 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11233 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
11234 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
11235 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
11237 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
11238 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
11242 gen_variable_die (member
, type_die
);
11248 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11249 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11252 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
11254 dw_die_ref old_die
;
11257 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
11259 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11260 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
11262 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11263 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11264 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11267 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11268 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11269 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11271 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11273 gen_type_die_for_member
11274 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
11277 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11278 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11279 current_function_decl
= decl
;
11281 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
11282 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11283 if (! was_abstract
)
11284 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
11286 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11289 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11293 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11295 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11296 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11297 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
11301 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11302 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
11303 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11305 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11306 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11307 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11308 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11309 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11311 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11312 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
11315 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
11318 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11320 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
11322 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11323 inline function. */
11324 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11325 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
11327 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11328 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
11332 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11333 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11335 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
11336 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11337 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11338 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11339 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11341 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11342 something we have already output. */
11346 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11347 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11348 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11349 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11350 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11351 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11352 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11353 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
11354 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11355 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
11356 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11357 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
11359 subr_die
= old_die
;
11361 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11362 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11363 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11364 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11365 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11366 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11367 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11371 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11372 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11373 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11374 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11375 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11376 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11378 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11383 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11385 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11386 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11388 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11389 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11391 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11392 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11393 0, 0, context_die
);
11396 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11397 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11398 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11400 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11401 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11402 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11403 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11408 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11410 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11412 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11413 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11414 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11415 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11417 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11418 later reused to represent definition. */
11419 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11422 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11424 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11426 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11427 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11429 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11433 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11434 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11436 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11439 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11441 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11443 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11444 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11446 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
11448 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11449 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11450 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11452 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11453 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11455 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11456 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11459 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11460 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11461 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11463 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11464 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11465 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11466 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11468 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11469 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11470 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11474 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11475 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11476 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11479 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11480 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11481 variables is relative to one of them. */
11482 if (frame_base_decl
&& lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl
) != NULL
)
11484 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die
, frame_base_decl
,
11490 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11491 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11494 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
11495 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11496 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
11499 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11500 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11501 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11502 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11503 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11504 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11505 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11506 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11507 an ellipsis at the end. */
11509 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11510 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11511 its formal parameters. */
11512 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11514 else if (declaration
)
11515 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11518 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11519 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11522 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11523 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11524 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11525 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11527 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11528 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11529 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11530 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11532 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11535 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11536 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11537 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11538 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11539 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11540 parameters at all. */
11541 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11542 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11544 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11545 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11546 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11548 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11549 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11552 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11553 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11554 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11556 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11557 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11558 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11559 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11560 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11561 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11562 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11564 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11565 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11566 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11567 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11568 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11569 constructor function. */
11570 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11572 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11573 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
11574 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
11576 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11577 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11579 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11580 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11582 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11583 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11585 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11586 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11591 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11592 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11596 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11599 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11601 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11602 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11604 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11605 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11606 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11608 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11609 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11611 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11612 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11614 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11615 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11618 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11620 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11621 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11622 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11624 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
11625 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11627 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11628 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
11629 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11631 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11632 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11634 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11635 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11637 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11638 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11640 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11645 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11646 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11647 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11649 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11650 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11652 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11653 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11655 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11656 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11657 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11658 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11662 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11664 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
11665 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11667 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11669 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
11670 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11673 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11676 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11679 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11681 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11682 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11684 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11686 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11687 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11689 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11691 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11692 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11695 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11697 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11698 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11699 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11703 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11705 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11706 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11707 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11708 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11709 it if it ever does happen. */
11710 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
11712 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11713 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11718 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11719 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11722 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
11724 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11726 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11730 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11732 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11735 add_ranges (chain
);
11736 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11744 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11745 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11746 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11747 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11748 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11752 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11755 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11757 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11759 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11760 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
11762 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11765 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11768 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11770 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11772 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11773 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11774 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11775 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11776 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11778 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11780 dw_die_ref subr_die
11781 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11783 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11784 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
11786 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11787 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11790 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11791 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11792 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11793 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11794 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11795 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11796 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11797 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11798 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11799 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11800 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11802 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11805 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11808 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11810 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11812 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11815 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11816 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11817 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11818 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11821 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11823 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11824 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11825 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11828 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11829 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11831 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11832 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11834 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11835 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11836 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11837 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11839 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
11840 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
11844 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11845 Use modified_type_die instead.
11846 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11847 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11850 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11853 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11855 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11856 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11857 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11860 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11861 Use modified_type_die instead.
11862 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11863 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11866 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11869 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11871 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11872 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11873 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11877 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11880 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11883 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11884 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11886 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11887 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11888 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11889 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11892 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11895 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11898 char producer
[250];
11899 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11902 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11906 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11907 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11908 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11909 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11912 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11914 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11915 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11916 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11917 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11918 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11919 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11920 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11921 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11922 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11925 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11927 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11928 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11929 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11930 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11931 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11932 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11933 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F95") == 0)
11934 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
11935 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11936 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11937 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11938 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11940 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11942 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11946 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11949 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11951 dw_die_ref type_die
11952 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11954 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11956 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11957 TODO: add string length info. */
11959 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11960 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11964 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11967 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11969 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11971 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11972 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11974 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
11975 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11977 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11978 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11979 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11980 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11983 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11986 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11989 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11992 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11993 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11994 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11995 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11996 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11997 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11998 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11999 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12000 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12001 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12002 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12004 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12007 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
12011 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
12012 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
12013 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
12014 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
12017 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12018 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12020 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12021 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12022 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12023 do put them in the right order. */
12025 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12027 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12029 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12032 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12033 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12035 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12036 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
12039 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12041 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12043 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12047 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12048 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12049 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12052 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12054 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12055 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
12057 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
12058 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12059 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
12060 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
12062 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
12065 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
12066 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12067 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
12070 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
12072 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
12073 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12075 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
12077 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12078 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
12080 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
12082 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
12084 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
12087 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12089 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12090 then give a list of members. */
12091 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
12093 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12094 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12095 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12096 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12097 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12098 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
12100 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12101 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12102 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12103 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
12105 push_decl_scope (type
);
12106 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
12109 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12110 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
12112 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
12114 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
12115 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12116 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
12121 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12123 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12124 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12125 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
12126 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
12130 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12133 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12135 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12136 dw_die_ref subr_die
12137 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
12138 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12140 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
12141 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
12142 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12143 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
12146 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12149 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12151 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12154 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12157 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
12158 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
12159 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12160 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12161 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
12166 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
12167 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
12169 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
12171 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12172 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
12175 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12177 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12178 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12181 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12182 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
12185 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12188 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12192 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12195 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12196 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12198 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12201 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12202 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
12204 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12205 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
12209 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12210 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12211 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12212 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12213 cloned type itself). */
12214 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12215 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
12217 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12220 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12226 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12227 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12228 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12229 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12230 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12232 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12234 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12235 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12236 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12240 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12241 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12242 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
12244 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12245 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12247 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12249 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12252 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12253 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12254 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12255 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12259 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12260 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12261 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12265 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
12267 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12268 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12271 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12275 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12278 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12281 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12282 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12283 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12284 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12285 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12286 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12287 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12288 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
12289 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12290 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12292 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
12294 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12297 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12298 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12299 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12304 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
12308 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
12309 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12311 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12316 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12317 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12318 when appropriate. */
12327 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12331 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12335 gcc_unreachable ();
12338 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12341 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12344 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12346 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12349 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12350 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12351 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12353 gcc_assert (type
== type_main_variant (type
));
12355 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12356 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12358 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12363 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12364 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12368 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12372 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12373 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12377 gcc_unreachable ();
12381 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12382 things which are local to the given block. */
12385 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12387 int must_output_die
= 0;
12390 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12392 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12393 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12396 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12397 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12398 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12399 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12403 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12404 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12409 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12410 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12411 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12412 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12413 the current block. */
12414 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12415 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12417 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12419 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12420 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12421 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12422 must_output_die
= 1;
12425 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12426 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12427 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12428 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12429 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12430 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12431 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12432 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12434 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12435 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12436 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12437 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12438 as being a "significant" one. */
12439 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
12440 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
12441 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
12442 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
12444 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12445 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12446 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12447 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12448 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12449 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12451 must_output_die
= 1;
12457 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12458 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12459 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12460 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12461 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12462 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12463 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12464 if (must_output_die
)
12466 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12467 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12469 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12472 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12475 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12476 all of its sub-blocks. */
12479 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12484 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12485 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12488 if (TREE_USED (stmt
))
12490 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12491 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12492 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12493 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12494 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12498 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12499 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12500 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12501 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12505 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12506 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12508 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12512 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12513 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12516 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12517 therein) of this block. */
12518 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12520 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12521 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12524 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12527 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
12529 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12532 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12533 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12534 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12535 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12536 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12537 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12543 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12546 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
12548 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12549 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
12550 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
12551 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12554 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12555 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12558 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12559 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
12560 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
12562 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
12565 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12567 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12569 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12570 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12571 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12572 declaration die. */
12573 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
12574 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
12575 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12576 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
12580 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12581 gen_decl_die() call. */
12582 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
12583 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
12584 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12585 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
12588 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12589 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12593 gcc_unreachable ();
12596 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12598 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12599 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
12605 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12608 force_type_die (tree type
)
12610 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12612 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12615 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12616 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12617 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12618 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12620 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12622 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12624 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12625 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12626 gcc_assert (type_die
);
12631 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12632 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12635 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12637 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
12638 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
12639 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12640 /* Force out the namespace. */
12641 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12643 return context_die
;
12646 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12647 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12649 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12650 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12653 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12655 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
12657 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12660 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12661 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12662 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12663 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
12666 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
12668 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
12670 if (DECL_P (thing
))
12671 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12673 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12677 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12680 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
12682 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
12684 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12685 they are an alias of. */
12686 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
12688 /* Output a real namespace. */
12689 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12690 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
12691 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12692 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12696 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12698 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12699 dw_die_ref origin_die
12700 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12702 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12703 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12704 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
12705 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12706 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
12707 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12711 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12714 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12718 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12721 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12727 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12728 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12731 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12732 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12733 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12734 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12735 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12740 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12741 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12742 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
12743 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12746 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12747 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12748 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12750 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12751 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12752 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
12753 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12754 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
12755 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12756 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12757 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12758 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12760 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12761 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12764 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12765 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12767 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12768 have described its return type. */
12769 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12771 /* And its virtual context. */
12772 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12773 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12775 /* And its containing type. */
12776 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12777 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12778 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12780 /* And its containing namespace. */
12781 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12784 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12785 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12789 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12790 actual typedefs. */
12791 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12794 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12795 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12796 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12797 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12798 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12799 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12800 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12802 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12806 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12807 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12809 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12810 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12814 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12815 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12820 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12821 variable declarations or definitions. */
12822 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12825 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12827 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12829 /* And its containing type. */
12830 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12831 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12832 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12834 /* And its containing namespace. */
12835 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12837 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12838 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12839 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12841 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12842 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12843 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12845 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12849 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12850 anonymous unions and structs. */
12851 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12852 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
12853 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
12855 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12856 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12861 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12862 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12865 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12866 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12870 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12871 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
12876 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12879 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12881 unsigned int file_index
;
12883 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12885 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12886 tree context_list_decl
12887 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12890 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12891 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12892 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12893 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12894 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12898 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12899 compilation proper has finished. */
12902 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12904 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12905 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12906 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12907 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12908 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12909 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12912 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
12913 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
12915 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
12918 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12921 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12924 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
12926 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
12927 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
12928 unsigned file_index
;
12929 expanded_location xloc
;
12931 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12936 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12937 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12940 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12941 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12943 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12944 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
12945 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
12947 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12949 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12950 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
12951 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12954 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12955 if (!at_import_die
)
12957 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
12958 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
12959 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
12961 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12962 dw_die_ref type_context_die
;
12964 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12965 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12966 type_context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12968 type_context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12970 type_context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12971 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
, type_context_die
);
12973 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
12977 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12978 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12979 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
12981 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
12983 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
12984 file_index
= lookup_filename (xloc
.file
);
12985 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12986 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
12987 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
12990 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12993 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12995 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12997 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13002 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13003 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13004 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13005 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13006 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13007 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13008 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13009 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13010 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13011 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13012 with the definition of the function.
13014 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13015 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13016 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13017 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13018 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13019 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13020 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13021 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13022 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13023 that they *are* definitions).
13025 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13026 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13027 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13028 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13029 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13030 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
13033 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13034 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13035 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13036 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
13037 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13038 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13039 context_die
= NULL
;
13043 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13044 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13045 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13046 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13047 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13048 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13049 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13050 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13051 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
13054 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13055 variable declarations or definitions. */
13056 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13060 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13061 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13063 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
13068 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13069 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
13072 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13073 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13074 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
13076 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13077 comparisons have. */
13078 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
13079 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
13080 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13081 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13082 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
13087 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13088 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13091 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13092 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13093 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
13094 context_die
= NULL
;
13102 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13105 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13106 a lexical block. */
13109 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13110 unsigned int blocknum
)
13112 current_function_section (current_function_decl
);
13113 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13116 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13120 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
13122 current_function_section (current_function_decl
);
13123 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13126 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13127 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13129 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13130 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13131 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13134 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
13138 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13139 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13140 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
13146 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13147 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13148 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13149 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13150 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13151 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13152 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13153 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13154 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13158 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
13161 char *save_file_name
;
13163 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13164 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13165 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
13168 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
13169 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
13170 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
13173 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13174 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
13175 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
13176 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
13178 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
13182 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13183 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
13184 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
13185 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
13186 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13192 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
13194 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
13196 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
13198 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
13199 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
13200 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
13201 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
13202 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
13203 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
13205 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
13212 init_file_table (void)
13214 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13215 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
13216 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13218 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13219 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
13220 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13221 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
13224 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13225 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13226 our lookup table. */
13229 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
13231 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13232 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
13234 static rtx last_insn
;
13235 static const char *last_label
;
13238 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
13240 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
13242 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
13243 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13244 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13246 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
13247 && last_insn
== prev_insn
13248 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
13249 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
13251 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
13255 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13256 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13258 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
13260 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
13261 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
13263 if (last_text_section
== in_unlikely_executed_text
13264 || (last_text_section
== in_named
13265 && last_text_section_name
== unlikely_text_section_name
))
13266 newloc
->section_label
= unlikely_section_label
;
13268 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
13270 last_insn
= loc_note
;
13271 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
13272 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
13273 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
)
13274 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
)))
13275 decl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
13276 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
13279 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13280 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13281 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13282 that hook is called. */
13285 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13287 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
13290 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13291 and record information relating to this source line, in
13292 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13295 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
13297 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13300 current_function_section (current_function_decl
);
13302 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13303 if (flag_debug_asm
)
13304 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
13307 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13309 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13311 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
13313 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13314 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
13316 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13317 line_info_table_in_use
++;
13319 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13320 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13321 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
13323 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13325 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
13326 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13327 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
13329 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13330 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13331 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
13333 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13334 separate_line_info_table
13335 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
13336 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13337 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
13338 memset (separate_line_info_table
13339 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
13341 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13342 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
13345 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13347 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
13348 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13349 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13350 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
13354 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
13356 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13357 line_info_table_in_use
);
13359 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13360 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
13362 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13364 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
13365 (line_info_table_allocated
13366 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
13367 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
13368 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13371 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13372 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
13373 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13374 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13379 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13382 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
13384 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13386 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13387 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
13389 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13390 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
13393 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13395 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13396 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
13397 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
13399 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13400 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
13401 "Filename we just started");
13405 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13408 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13410 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13411 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13412 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13414 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13416 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13417 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13421 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13422 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13423 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13426 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13427 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13429 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13431 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13432 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
13433 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13434 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13438 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13439 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13440 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13443 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13444 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13446 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13448 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13449 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13450 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13451 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13455 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13458 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13460 init_file_table ();
13462 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13463 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13464 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13466 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13467 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13468 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13470 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13471 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13473 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13474 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13475 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13476 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13477 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13478 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13480 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13481 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13482 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13483 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13485 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13486 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13488 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13489 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13490 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13491 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13492 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13493 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13494 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13496 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
13498 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13500 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13501 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
13502 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13503 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13505 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
13506 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13507 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
13508 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13509 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
13510 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13511 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13512 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
13513 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13514 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
13515 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13516 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
13518 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13520 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13521 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
13522 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13523 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
13527 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
13530 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13531 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13534 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13536 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
13538 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
13540 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
13541 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
13542 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
13550 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13551 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13554 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
13558 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13559 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
13563 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13564 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13567 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
13571 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
13573 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
13575 /* A reference to another DIE.
13576 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13577 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
13579 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
13581 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13582 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
13583 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
13589 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13590 to DIE's children. */
13593 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
13597 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
13599 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13602 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13603 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13604 if (die
->die_parent
)
13605 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
13607 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13608 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13610 /* If this node is a specification,
13611 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13612 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
13613 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
13616 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
13618 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13619 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13623 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13625 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13626 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13627 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
13628 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
13630 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13636 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13639 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
13643 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13647 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
13648 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
13649 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
13650 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
13651 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
13652 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
13653 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
13654 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
13655 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
13656 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
13657 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
13658 case DW_TAG_friend
:
13659 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
13660 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
13661 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
13662 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
13663 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
13664 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
13665 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
13666 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
13667 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13671 /* Mark everything else. */
13677 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13678 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13680 /* Mark children. */
13681 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13682 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13686 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13689 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
13691 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
13693 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
13696 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
13701 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
13709 die
->die_child
= n
;
13716 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13719 prune_unused_types (void)
13722 limbo_die_node
*node
;
13724 /* Clear all the marks. */
13725 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13726 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13727 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13729 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13730 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
13731 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13732 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
13734 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13735 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13736 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
13737 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
13738 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
13739 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
13741 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13742 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
13743 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13744 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
13746 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13747 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13748 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13749 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13752 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13753 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13756 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
13758 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13759 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13761 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13762 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13763 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
13764 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13765 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13766 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13769 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13770 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13771 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13772 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
13774 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13779 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13780 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13781 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13782 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13784 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13786 next_node
= node
->next
;
13789 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13791 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13794 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13795 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13797 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13798 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13799 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13802 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13803 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13804 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13805 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13806 this to be a child of the containing function.
13808 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
13809 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
13810 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
13811 the function is likely unreachable too. */
13812 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
13814 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
13816 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
13817 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
13818 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
13819 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
13821 gcc_assert (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
);
13823 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13825 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13827 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13832 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13834 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13835 emit full debugging info for them. */
13836 retry_incomplete_types ();
13838 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13839 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13840 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13842 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13843 prune_unused_types ();
13845 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13846 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13847 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13848 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13850 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13851 that have children. */
13852 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13853 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13854 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13856 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13858 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13860 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13861 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13862 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13863 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13864 examining the file. */
13865 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13867 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13868 output_line_info ();
13871 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13872 if (have_location_lists
)
13874 /* Output the location lists info. */
13875 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13877 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13878 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13879 output_location_lists (die
);
13880 have_location_lists
= 0;
13883 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13885 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13887 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13888 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13891 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13892 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13893 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13894 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13896 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13897 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13898 debug_line_section_label
);
13900 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13901 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13903 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13904 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13905 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13906 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13908 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13910 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13911 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13912 output_abbrev_section ();
13914 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13915 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13917 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13918 output_pubnames ();
13921 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13922 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13923 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13925 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13929 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13930 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13932 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13933 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13937 /* Have to end the macro section. */
13938 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13940 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13944 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13946 if (debug_str_hash
)
13947 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13951 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13952 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13954 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13956 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"